1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1004 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1006 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1007 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1013 /* xgettext:c-format */
1014 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1016 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1019 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1021 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1023 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1025 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1027 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1029 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1031 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1146 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1148 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1150 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1152 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1154 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1156 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1316 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1319 static reloc_howto_type
*
1320 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1323 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1324 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1325 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1326 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1327 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1331 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1332 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1333 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1335 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1337 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1338 completely unnecessary. */
1339 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1340 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1342 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1343 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1344 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1350 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1353 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1358 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1359 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1362 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1363 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1365 /* xgettext:c-format */
1366 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1368 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1371 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1372 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1374 /* xgettext:c-format */
1375 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1384 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1386 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1387 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1388 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1389 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1391 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1393 bfd_size_type octets
;
1396 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1397 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1399 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1400 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1401 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1403 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1404 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1406 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1407 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1408 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1409 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1410 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1411 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1413 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1414 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1415 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1418 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1419 value
= symbol
->value
;
1420 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1421 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1422 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1423 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1424 + input_section
->output_offset
1425 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1426 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1428 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1429 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1431 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1433 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1434 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1435 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1438 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1439 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1440 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1441 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1443 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1444 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1445 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1447 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1448 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1450 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1451 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1453 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1454 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1455 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1456 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1460 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1462 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1463 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1464 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1468 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1470 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1472 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1474 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1480 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1482 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1485 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1486 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1487 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1488 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1491 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1492 bfd_size_type octets
;
1493 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1494 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1496 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1497 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1499 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1500 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1501 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1503 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1504 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1505 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1506 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1507 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1509 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1513 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1514 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1515 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1516 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1518 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1528 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1529 target
= symbol
->value
;
1530 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1531 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1532 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1534 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1535 + input_section
->output_offset
1536 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1538 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1539 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1542 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1544 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1545 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1548 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1549 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1550 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1551 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1553 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1554 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1556 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1557 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1558 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1560 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1561 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1562 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1565 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1566 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1567 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1568 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1570 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1571 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1573 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1574 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1575 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1577 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1578 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1580 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1581 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1582 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1585 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1586 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1587 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1588 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1601 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1603 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1604 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1605 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1608 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1609 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1610 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1611 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1615 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1616 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1618 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1619 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1620 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1622 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1624 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1626 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1627 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1629 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1630 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1631 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1634 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1635 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1636 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1637 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1640 bfd_size_type octets
;
1642 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1643 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1645 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1646 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1647 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1649 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1651 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1653 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1654 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1655 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1658 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1659 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1660 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1661 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1666 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1667 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1668 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1672 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1674 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1675 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1676 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1677 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1678 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1679 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1681 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1683 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1684 + input_section
->output_offset
1685 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1688 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1689 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1690 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1692 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1693 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1694 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1695 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1696 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1697 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1700 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1702 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1703 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1705 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1706 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1708 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1709 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1710 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1712 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1714 static char buf
[60];
1715 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1716 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1717 *error_message
= buf
;
1719 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1722 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1723 than one got entry per symbol. */
1726 struct got_entry
*next
;
1728 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1731 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1732 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1733 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1734 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1735 we merge entries within the group.
1737 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1740 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1741 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1742 unsigned char tls_type
;
1744 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1745 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1747 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1750 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1752 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1756 /* The same for PLT. */
1759 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1765 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1770 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1772 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1774 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1778 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1779 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1780 asection
*deleted_section
;
1782 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1783 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1784 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1788 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1789 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1791 /* Section contents. */
1795 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1796 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1797 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1799 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1800 instruction not one we handle. */
1801 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1803 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1805 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1808 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1809 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1811 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1812 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1814 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1815 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1816 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1818 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1821 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1823 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1827 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1828 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1831 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1833 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1836 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1838 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1840 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1842 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1843 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1844 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1847 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1850 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1853 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1855 size_t offset
, size
;
1857 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1861 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1864 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1870 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1871 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1872 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1876 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1878 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1881 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1882 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1883 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1884 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1885 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1886 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1892 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1902 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1905 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1906 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1907 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1908 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1910 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1911 -Wstringop-truncation:
1912 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1914 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1916 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1917 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1921 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1922 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1934 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1935 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1937 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1938 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1939 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1940 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1941 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1943 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1944 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1949 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1951 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1953 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1954 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1955 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1956 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1957 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1958 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1959 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1962 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1968 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1970 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1974 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1975 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1976 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1977 struct _opd_sec_data
1979 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1980 asection
**func_sec
;
1982 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1986 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1987 struct _toc_sec_data
1989 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1992 /* And the relocation addend. */
1997 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1999 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2000 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2001 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2003 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2004 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2006 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2008 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2011 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2012 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2015 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2017 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2019 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2020 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2022 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2025 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2028 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2032 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2034 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2036 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2037 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2038 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2043 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2044 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2047 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2048 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2049 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2053 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2054 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2055 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2057 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2060 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2062 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2063 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2065 /* Section symbols first. */
2066 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2068 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2071 /* then .opd symbols. */
2072 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2074 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2075 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2077 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2078 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2082 /* then other code symbols. */
2083 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2084 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2085 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2086 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2089 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2090 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2091 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2092 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2095 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2097 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2100 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2104 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2107 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2110 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2111 syms over other syms. */
2112 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2115 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2118 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2121 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2124 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2127 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2130 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2133 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2136 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2137 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2138 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2139 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2140 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2141 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2149 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2152 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2157 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2161 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2162 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2164 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2174 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2175 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2177 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2179 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2181 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2191 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2193 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2194 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2195 && section
->vma
<= vma
2196 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2199 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2200 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2201 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2204 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2205 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2206 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2212 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2213 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2214 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2216 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2222 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2223 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2235 symcount
= static_count
;
2237 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2241 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2245 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2247 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2248 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2249 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2250 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2252 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2253 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2255 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2257 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2258 function, and notype symbols. */
2259 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2260 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2261 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2262 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2265 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2266 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2267 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2269 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2271 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2272 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2273 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2274 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2275 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2276 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2277 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2279 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2280 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2282 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2283 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2284 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2285 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2286 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2292 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2293 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2294 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2295 to this function is the real binary. */
2296 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2300 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2301 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2302 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2303 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2304 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2308 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2309 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2313 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2314 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2318 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2319 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2320 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2321 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2329 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2334 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2337 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2338 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2342 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2349 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2353 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2354 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2357 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2360 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2363 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2366 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2367 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2368 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2371 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2372 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2378 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2385 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2387 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2391 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2392 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2395 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2398 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2401 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2404 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2405 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2406 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2411 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2412 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2413 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2416 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2417 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2419 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2420 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2421 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2428 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2429 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2431 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2432 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2433 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2436 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2438 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2440 free_contents_and_exit
:
2446 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2450 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2451 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2454 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2455 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2458 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2459 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2463 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2465 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2467 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2469 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2471 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2472 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2474 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2475 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2478 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2479 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2481 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2482 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2484 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2487 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2489 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2490 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2491 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2492 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2493 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2494 glink stubs now reside. */
2495 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2506 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2507 from the first glink stub. */
2509 unsigned int off
= 0;
2511 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2512 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2514 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2516 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2519 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2528 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2530 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2533 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2534 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2535 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2537 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2538 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2540 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2541 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2543 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2545 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2551 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2552 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2554 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2556 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2558 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2562 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2565 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2566 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2570 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2577 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2578 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2580 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2584 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2589 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2590 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2592 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2596 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2598 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2600 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2603 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2604 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2607 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2608 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2610 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2611 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2612 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2618 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2622 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2623 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2625 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2627 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2629 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2630 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2631 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2636 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2637 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2638 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2639 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2640 a) finding the stubs, and,
2641 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2642 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2644 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2645 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2646 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2647 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2648 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2649 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2650 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2651 for pending shared library loads. */
2652 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2653 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2657 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2658 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2659 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2660 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2661 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2662 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2664 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2667 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2668 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2672 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2673 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2674 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2675 names
+= strlen (names
);
2677 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2678 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2698 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2699 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2700 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2701 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2702 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2703 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2706 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2707 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2708 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2715 The function definition in another object file might be:
2719 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2725 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2726 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2727 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2728 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2729 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2737 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2738 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2739 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2747 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2749 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2750 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2753 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2754 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2755 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2756 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2757 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2758 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2759 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2760 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2761 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2762 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2763 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2764 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2766 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2767 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2768 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2770 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2771 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2772 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2775 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2776 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2781 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2782 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2783 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2784 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2791 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2798 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2799 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2800 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2801 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2802 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2803 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2804 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2805 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2806 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2807 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2808 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2809 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2810 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2811 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2812 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2813 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2814 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2818 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2819 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2820 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2821 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2822 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2823 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2824 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2825 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2826 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2827 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2828 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2829 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2830 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2831 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2832 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2833 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2835 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2837 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2840 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2841 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2842 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2845 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2846 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2847 reach its destination.
2848 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2849 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2854 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2855 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2856 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2857 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2858 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2859 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2861 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2862 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2865 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2866 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2867 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2869 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2870 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2873 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2875 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2876 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2877 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2878 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2882 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2883 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2884 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2885 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2886 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2887 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2888 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2889 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2890 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2891 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2892 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2898 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2899 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2902 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2908 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2909 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2911 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2912 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2913 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2917 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2923 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2924 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2926 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2927 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2928 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2932 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2933 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2934 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2936 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2937 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2938 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2940 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2941 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2944 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2945 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2946 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2948 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2949 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2953 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2954 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2955 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2957 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2961 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2962 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2963 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2964 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2965 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2966 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2967 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2968 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2969 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2970 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2971 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2972 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2973 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2975 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2976 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2977 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2978 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2979 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2985 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2986 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2987 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2988 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2989 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2990 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2991 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2992 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2994 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2996 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2997 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3001 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3004 /* The stub section. */
3006 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3009 struct map_stub
*next
;
3010 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3013 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3014 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3015 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3016 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3017 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3018 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3019 unsigned int eh_size
;
3020 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3021 unsigned int eh_base
;
3024 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3026 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3027 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3029 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3031 /* Group information. */
3032 struct map_stub
*group
;
3034 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3035 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3037 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3038 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3039 bfd_vma target_value
;
3040 asection
*target_section
;
3042 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3043 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3044 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3047 unsigned char symtype
;
3049 /* Symbol st_other. */
3050 unsigned char other
;
3053 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3055 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3056 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3058 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3059 unsigned int offset
;
3061 /* Generation marker. */
3065 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3066 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3068 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3070 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3073 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3074 unsigned int count
: 31;
3076 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3077 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3080 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3082 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3086 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3088 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3090 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3091 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3094 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3095 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3097 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3098 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3099 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3100 unsigned int fake
:1;
3102 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3103 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3104 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3105 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3107 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3108 with non-standard calling convention. */
3109 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3111 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3112 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3113 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3130 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3131 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3133 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3134 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3135 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3136 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3137 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3140 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3141 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3143 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3146 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3148 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3150 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3152 /* The stub hash table. */
3153 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3155 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3156 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3158 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3159 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3161 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3162 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3164 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3165 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3167 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3168 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3169 non-ppc64 sections. */
3172 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3177 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3178 struct map_stub
*group
;
3179 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3184 /* Linked list of groups. */
3185 struct map_stub
*group
;
3187 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3190 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3192 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3193 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3195 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3197 asection
*global_entry
;
3200 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3203 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3205 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3206 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3207 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3208 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3209 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3210 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3212 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3213 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3216 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3218 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3219 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3221 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3222 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3224 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3225 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3226 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3227 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3228 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3230 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3231 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3233 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3234 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3237 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3239 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3240 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3242 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3243 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3245 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3246 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3248 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3249 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3251 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3252 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3255 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3258 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3259 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3261 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3263 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3265 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3266 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3268 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3270 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3272 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3273 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3274 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3276 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3278 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3279 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
3280 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) \
3281 ? (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
3283 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3284 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3285 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3287 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3288 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3289 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3291 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3293 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3294 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3295 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3298 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3302 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3307 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3308 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3311 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3313 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3314 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3315 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3317 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3318 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3319 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3328 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3330 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3331 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3332 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3335 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3339 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3344 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3345 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3348 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3350 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3351 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3359 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3361 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3362 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3363 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3366 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3370 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3375 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3376 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3379 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3381 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3382 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3383 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3385 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3386 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3387 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3388 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3390 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3391 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3393 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3395 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3396 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3397 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3399 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3401 if (string
[0] == '.')
3403 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3405 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3406 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3407 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3414 struct tocsave_entry
3421 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3423 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3424 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3428 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3430 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3431 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3432 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3435 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3438 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3440 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3442 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3443 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3444 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3445 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3446 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3447 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3450 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3452 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3453 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3455 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3456 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3458 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3462 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3463 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3470 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3471 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3472 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3474 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3478 /* And the branch hash table. */
3479 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3480 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3482 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3483 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3487 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3491 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3493 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3496 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3498 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3499 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3500 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3501 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3502 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3503 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3504 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3505 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3506 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3507 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3508 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3509 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3511 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3514 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3517 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3519 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3522 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3524 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3525 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3526 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3528 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3529 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3531 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3532 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3536 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3539 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3540 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3542 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3543 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3546 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3547 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3548 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3550 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3551 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3554 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3556 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3557 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3558 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3561 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3562 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3566 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3567 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3568 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3569 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3572 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3573 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3575 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3576 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3577 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3580 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3581 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3582 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3583 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3585 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3586 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3589 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3591 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3593 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3594 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3597 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3600 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3601 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3603 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3604 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3605 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3609 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3610 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3611 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3617 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3620 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3621 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3623 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3625 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3627 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3628 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3629 the start of the output TOC section. */
3630 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3631 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3632 htab
->params
= params
;
3634 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3637 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3640 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3641 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3642 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3643 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3648 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3649 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3650 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3651 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3655 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3656 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3657 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3660 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3661 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3662 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3663 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3667 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3668 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3669 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3672 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3673 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3674 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3675 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3676 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3678 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3679 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3683 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3684 specified (or is auto) then calls using @notoc relocations that
3685 need a stub will utilize power10 instructions in the stub, and
3686 calls without @notoc relocations will not use power10 instructions.
3687 The two classes of stubs are stored in separate stub_hash_table
3688 entries having the same key string. The two entries will always be
3689 adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash table resizing
3690 occurs. This function selects the correct entry to use. */
3692 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3693 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
, bfd_boolean notoc
)
3695 bfd_boolean have_notoc
;
3697 have_notoc
= (entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
3698 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
3699 || entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
3701 if (have_notoc
!= notoc
)
3703 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3705 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3707 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3714 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3715 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3717 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3718 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3719 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3720 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3721 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3722 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3724 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3725 struct map_stub
*group
;
3727 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3728 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3729 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3730 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3731 distinguish between them. */
3732 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3736 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3737 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3738 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3740 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3746 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3747 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3750 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3751 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3753 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3758 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3760 bfd_boolean notoc
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
3762 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
3768 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3769 stub entry are initialised. */
3771 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3772 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3776 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3777 struct map_stub
*group
;
3780 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3782 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3783 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3784 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3785 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3791 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3792 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3793 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3797 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3798 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3799 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3800 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3802 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3805 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3806 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3808 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3810 /* xgettext:c-format */
3811 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3812 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3816 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3817 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3821 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3822 not already done. */
3825 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3827 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3829 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3831 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3837 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3840 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3841 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3843 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3845 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3848 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3849 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3851 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3854 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3855 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3859 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3861 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3862 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3864 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3865 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3870 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3871 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3873 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3876 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3877 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3879 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3882 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3885 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3886 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3888 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3890 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3892 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3893 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3895 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3897 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3899 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3900 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3902 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3909 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3912 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3913 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3917 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3920 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3921 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3924 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3926 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3927 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3929 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3930 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3931 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3932 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3933 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3935 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3936 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3937 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3938 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3939 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3940 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3941 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3943 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3944 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3945 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3946 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3947 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3949 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3952 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3953 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3955 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3957 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3958 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3960 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3961 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3962 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3964 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3966 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3967 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3969 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3970 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3977 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
3980 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
3981 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3984 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3985 symbol which just became indirect. */
3986 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3988 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3990 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3991 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3993 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3995 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3997 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3998 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3999 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
4000 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4002 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4009 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4012 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4013 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4016 /* And plt entries. */
4017 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4019 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4021 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4022 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4023 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4024 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4025 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4026 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4027 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4031 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4032 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4034 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4035 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4037 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4041 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4043 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4044 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4048 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4054 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4055 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4060 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4062 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4063 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4064 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4066 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4067 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4068 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4069 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4073 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4074 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4075 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4076 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4079 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4080 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4082 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4089 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4093 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4094 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4095 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4097 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4102 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4106 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4107 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4108 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4110 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4111 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4112 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4113 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4114 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4115 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4116 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4118 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4119 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4122 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4123 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4124 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4126 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4128 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4131 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4133 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4134 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4135 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4137 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4138 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4139 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4147 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4150 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4151 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4152 bfd_boolean definition
,
4153 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4155 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4156 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4157 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4160 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4161 we now have a real symbol. */
4164 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4165 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4166 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4167 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4168 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4169 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4170 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4172 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4173 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4174 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4178 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4179 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4180 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4181 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4183 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4184 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4185 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4188 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4192 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4194 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4195 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4196 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4202 len
= strlen (name
);
4203 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4204 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4205 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4207 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4208 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4209 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4213 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4214 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4218 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4219 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4220 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4221 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4222 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4223 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4224 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4225 function entry symbol is used. */
4228 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4230 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4231 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4233 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4234 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4236 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4239 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4242 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4246 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4248 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4249 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4250 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4251 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4253 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4254 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4256 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4263 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4264 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4266 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4267 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4268 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4269 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4270 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4271 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4273 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4274 descriptor symbol. */
4275 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4276 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4277 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4278 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4280 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4281 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4282 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4283 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4284 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4285 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4286 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4287 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4289 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4297 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4298 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4301 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4303 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4304 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4305 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4307 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4309 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4310 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4312 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4313 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4314 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4316 /* xgettext:c-format */
4317 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4318 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4324 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4326 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4327 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4328 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4329 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4330 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4331 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4332 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4333 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4334 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4335 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4338 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4342 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4343 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4344 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4345 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4346 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4347 && info
->gc_sections
)
4349 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4350 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4351 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4352 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4353 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4354 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4355 information about the associated function section. */
4357 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4358 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4359 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4361 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4362 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4363 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4365 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4366 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4370 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4371 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4372 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4374 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4375 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4377 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4378 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4379 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4381 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4384 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4388 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4393 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4394 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4395 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4398 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4402 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4403 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4406 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4408 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4409 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4410 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4411 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4413 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4414 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4417 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4422 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4423 not to be needed. */
4426 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4427 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4428 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4430 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4432 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4437 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4439 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4442 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4443 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4446 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4448 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4449 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4450 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4452 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4453 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4454 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4456 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4459 static struct plt_entry
**
4460 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4461 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4463 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4464 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4465 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4467 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4469 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4471 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4472 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4473 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4474 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4475 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4477 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4480 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4482 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4484 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4485 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4486 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4487 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4491 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4492 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4495 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4496 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4498 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4499 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4500 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4501 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4503 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4506 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4507 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4508 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4510 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4514 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4516 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4518 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4519 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4523 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4524 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4528 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4529 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4532 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4537 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4539 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4540 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4541 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4542 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4543 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4544 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4545 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4546 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4547 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4548 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4549 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4552 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4555 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4557 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4558 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4559 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4560 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4561 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4562 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4563 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4564 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4567 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4568 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4569 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4572 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4573 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4575 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4578 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4579 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4581 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4584 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4587 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4589 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4593 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4594 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4595 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4596 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4597 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4598 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4600 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4601 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4602 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4604 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4606 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4608 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4609 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4611 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4612 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4616 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4617 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4619 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4620 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4623 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4627 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4628 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4629 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4631 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4632 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4633 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4634 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4635 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4636 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4637 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4638 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4639 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4640 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4641 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4642 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4650 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4651 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4652 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4653 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4654 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4655 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4656 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4657 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4658 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4659 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4660 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4661 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4662 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4663 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4664 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4665 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4666 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4667 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4668 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4669 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4678 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4681 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4686 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4691 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4693 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4695 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4706 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4707 its parameter symbol. */
4709 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4711 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4713 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4715 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4718 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4719 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4722 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4723 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4726 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4727 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4728 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4729 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4730 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4731 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4734 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4735 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4736 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4737 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4738 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4739 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4740 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4741 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4744 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4745 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4746 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4747 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4748 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4749 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4751 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4755 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4756 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4757 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4758 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4759 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4760 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4762 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4763 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4764 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4765 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4766 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4767 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4768 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4769 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4771 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4772 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4775 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4776 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4781 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4782 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4784 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4785 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4786 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4787 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4788 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4792 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4793 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4796 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4797 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4799 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4800 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4801 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4802 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4804 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4805 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4808 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4809 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4810 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4814 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4815 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4816 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4817 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4818 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4819 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4822 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4827 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4828 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4829 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4830 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4831 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4833 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4834 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4836 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4837 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4841 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4842 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4843 section relative. */
4844 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4845 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4846 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4847 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4848 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4849 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4850 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4851 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4852 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4853 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4854 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4855 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4856 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4857 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4858 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4859 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4860 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4861 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4866 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4867 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4868 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4869 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4870 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4871 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4872 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4873 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4874 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4875 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4876 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4877 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4878 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4879 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4882 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4883 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4884 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4886 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4888 /* xgettext:c-format */
4889 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4890 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4891 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4892 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4893 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4899 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4900 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4901 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4903 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4904 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4905 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4906 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4907 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4908 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4910 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4912 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4913 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4914 these relocations is emitted. */
4924 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4925 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4926 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4927 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4931 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4932 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4933 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4934 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4939 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4940 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4942 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4944 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4945 we are going to need a stub. */
4948 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4949 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4950 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4951 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4957 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
4962 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4966 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4970 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4971 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4972 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4976 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4982 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4983 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4984 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4986 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4988 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4990 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4991 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4992 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4996 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4997 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4999 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5002 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5003 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5005 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5009 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5011 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5012 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5015 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5016 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5017 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5018 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5021 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5022 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5023 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5024 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5025 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5027 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5030 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5031 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5033 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5034 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5035 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5036 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5040 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5042 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5044 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5045 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5048 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5049 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5053 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5054 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5055 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5056 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5058 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5059 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5060 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5062 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5063 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5065 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5066 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5067 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5069 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5070 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5071 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5072 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5073 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5074 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5077 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5078 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5079 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5080 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5081 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5082 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5083 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5084 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5085 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5087 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5088 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5089 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5090 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5091 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5092 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5093 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5096 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5098 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5099 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5102 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5106 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5107 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5108 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5109 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5110 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5111 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5112 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5113 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5114 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5115 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5116 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5117 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5119 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5120 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5121 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5122 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5123 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5124 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5125 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5127 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5128 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5130 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5131 function in a shared lib. */
5132 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5134 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5141 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5142 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5143 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5144 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5146 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5147 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5150 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5151 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5154 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5155 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5156 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5157 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5158 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5159 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5160 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5161 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5162 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5163 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5164 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5165 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5166 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5167 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5168 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5171 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5172 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5173 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5177 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5178 || !h
->def_regular
))
5180 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5181 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5182 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5183 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5184 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5187 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5188 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5192 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5193 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5199 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5200 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5203 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5204 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5206 head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5208 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5210 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5220 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5225 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5226 We really need local syms available to do this
5228 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5229 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5230 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5233 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5235 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
5240 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5244 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5245 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5246 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5248 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5250 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5252 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5258 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5274 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5275 object file when linking. */
5278 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5280 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5281 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5283 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5286 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5289 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5292 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5293 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5295 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5298 /* xgettext:c-format */
5299 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5300 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5303 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5306 /* xgettext:c-format */
5307 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5308 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5309 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5313 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5316 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5317 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5321 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5323 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5324 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5326 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5330 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5331 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5333 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5334 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5335 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5342 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5343 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5344 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5347 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5349 asection
**code_sec
,
5351 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5353 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5358 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5359 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5360 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5362 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5364 if (contents
== NULL
)
5366 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5367 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5368 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5371 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5372 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5373 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5375 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5376 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5378 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5384 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5390 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5392 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5393 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5398 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5399 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5405 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5407 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5409 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5410 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5412 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5414 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5416 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5420 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5421 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5423 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5427 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5429 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5430 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5432 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5433 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5435 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5436 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5439 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5441 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5442 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5445 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5446 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5447 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5449 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5451 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5452 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5459 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5461 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5463 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5466 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5467 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5472 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5478 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5484 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5487 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5488 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5491 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5492 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5494 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5496 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5501 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5502 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5511 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5512 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5513 otherwise return zero. */
5515 static bfd_size_type
5516 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5521 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5522 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5526 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5527 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5529 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5531 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5532 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5535 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5536 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5538 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5539 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5540 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5541 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5547 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5548 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5550 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5551 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5552 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5553 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5554 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5555 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5556 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5557 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5558 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5559 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5560 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5561 disable caching for such functions. */
5567 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5569 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5576 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5577 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5578 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5581 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5584 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5585 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5586 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5587 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5588 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5589 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5592 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5595 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5597 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5598 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5599 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5600 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5603 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5604 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5606 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5607 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5609 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5611 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5612 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5613 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5619 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5620 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5622 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5623 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5626 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5628 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5629 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5630 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5636 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5637 value in the output file. */
5640 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5642 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5643 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5644 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5647 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5650 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5651 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5653 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5654 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5657 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5659 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5662 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5664 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5666 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5668 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5669 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5671 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5674 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5677 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5679 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5680 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5685 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5687 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5690 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5691 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5694 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5695 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5698 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5701 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5702 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5704 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5705 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5706 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5707 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5708 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5710 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5711 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5715 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5716 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5720 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5722 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5723 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5724 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5725 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5727 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5728 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5732 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5733 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5734 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5735 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5736 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5737 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5738 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5739 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5740 || info
->export_dynamic
5743 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5744 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5745 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5746 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5747 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5750 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5752 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5754 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5755 function code sym section to be marked. */
5756 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5759 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5760 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5762 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5763 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5764 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5765 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5766 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5772 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5776 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5777 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5778 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5779 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5780 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5784 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5785 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5787 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5792 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5793 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5795 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5798 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5799 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5803 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5805 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5806 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5807 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5808 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5811 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5812 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5813 against garbage collection. */
5815 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5816 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5820 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5821 function code sym section to be marked. */
5822 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5825 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5826 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5828 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5830 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5831 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5832 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5833 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5834 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5836 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5839 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5840 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5844 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5850 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5852 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5853 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5854 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5858 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5865 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5866 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5868 struct sfpr_def_parms
5870 const char name
[12];
5871 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5872 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5873 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5876 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5877 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5881 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5882 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5885 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5887 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5888 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5894 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5897 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5899 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5901 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5902 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5903 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5904 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5905 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5908 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5909 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5911 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5913 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5914 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5917 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5919 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5920 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5921 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5922 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5925 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5926 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5928 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5936 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5938 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5939 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5940 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5941 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5942 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5944 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5946 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5948 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5949 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5950 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5957 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5959 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5961 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5962 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5970 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5972 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5977 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5979 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5980 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5982 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5987 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5989 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5994 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5996 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5998 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5999 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6003 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6004 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6006 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6011 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6013 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6018 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6020 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6021 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6026 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6028 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6033 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6035 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6036 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6041 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6043 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6048 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6050 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6051 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6053 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6058 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6060 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6065 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6067 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6069 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6070 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6074 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6075 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6077 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6082 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6084 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6085 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6090 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6092 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6093 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6098 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6100 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6102 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6107 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6109 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6110 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6115 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6117 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6119 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6124 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6126 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6127 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6131 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6132 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6134 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6135 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6138 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6142 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6144 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6149 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6152 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6155 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6160 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6163 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6166 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6172 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6173 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6176 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6182 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6184 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6187 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6192 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6194 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6197 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6200 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6202 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6204 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6209 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6210 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6211 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6214 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6216 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6217 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6218 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6219 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6220 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6222 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6223 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6229 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6230 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6234 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6238 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6239 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6241 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6242 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6243 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6244 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6245 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6246 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6247 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6248 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6249 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6250 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6251 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6252 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6253 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6255 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6256 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6257 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6258 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6261 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6263 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6265 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6266 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6272 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6274 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6275 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6276 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6278 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6283 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6286 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6287 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6288 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6290 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6293 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6294 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6295 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6296 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6297 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6298 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6299 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6300 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6301 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6303 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6304 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6305 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6309 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6310 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6311 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6312 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6313 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6314 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6315 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6316 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6318 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6319 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6320 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6325 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6327 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6328 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6329 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6330 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6331 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6332 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6333 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6334 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6335 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6336 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6337 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6338 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6341 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6342 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6343 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6344 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6347 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6348 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6350 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6352 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6356 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6357 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6361 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6362 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6363 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6365 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6366 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6369 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6372 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6374 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6375 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6376 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6377 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6378 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6380 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6381 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6382 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6383 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6384 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6386 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6387 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6388 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6391 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6393 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6394 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6400 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6401 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6402 size_dynamic_sections. */
6405 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6407 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6410 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6412 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6414 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6419 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6422 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6424 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6426 for (p
= eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6427 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6432 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6433 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6436 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6438 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6440 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6444 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6445 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6446 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6452 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6453 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6454 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6455 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6459 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6460 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6462 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6465 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6469 /* Deal with function syms. */
6470 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6471 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6474 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6475 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6476 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6477 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6478 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6479 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6480 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6481 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6482 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6483 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6484 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6486 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6487 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6489 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6491 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6492 won't need a .plt entry. */
6493 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6494 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6495 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6498 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6500 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6501 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6502 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6504 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6506 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6508 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6510 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6511 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6512 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6513 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6514 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6515 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6516 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6517 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6519 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6521 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6522 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6523 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6525 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6527 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6528 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6529 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6530 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6533 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6536 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6537 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6539 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6540 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6541 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6542 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6547 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6549 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6550 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6551 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6552 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6554 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6555 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6556 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6557 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6558 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6559 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6560 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6564 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6565 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6566 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6567 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6568 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6571 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6572 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6573 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6576 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6577 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6579 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6580 || info
->nocopyreloc
6582 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6583 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6584 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6586 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6588 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6589 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6590 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6591 to an incorrect program. */
6592 || h
->protected_def
)
6595 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6596 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6598 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6599 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6600 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6601 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6602 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6603 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6604 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6607 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6608 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6609 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6610 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6611 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6612 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6613 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6614 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6615 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6618 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6619 is not a function. */
6621 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6622 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6623 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6624 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6625 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6626 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6627 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6628 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6629 same memory location for the variable. */
6630 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6632 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6633 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6637 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6638 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6640 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6642 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6643 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6644 and into the runtime process image. */
6645 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6649 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6650 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6651 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6654 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6655 sym and the descriptor. */
6657 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6659 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6661 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6662 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6664 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6667 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6668 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6670 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6675 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6678 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6679 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6680 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6681 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6682 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6683 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6684 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6685 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6687 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6690 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6694 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6695 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6696 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6697 reason the lookup should fail. */
6700 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6701 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6703 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6704 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6714 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6719 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6720 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6722 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6723 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6724 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6727 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6729 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6732 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6734 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6735 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6743 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6745 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6746 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6747 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6748 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6752 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6753 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6757 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6758 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6760 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6762 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6763 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6764 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6765 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6766 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6767 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6769 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6771 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6779 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6780 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6782 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6784 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6785 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6788 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6789 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6791 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6792 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6793 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6794 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6795 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6797 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6803 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6804 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6805 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6808 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6809 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6810 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6811 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6812 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6815 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6817 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6818 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6822 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6823 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6826 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6827 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6828 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6830 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6831 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6834 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6837 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6838 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6841 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6842 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6843 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6844 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6845 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6846 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6847 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6848 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6849 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6850 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6852 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6853 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6858 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6860 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6861 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6862 enum insert_option insert
,
6863 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6864 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6867 unsigned long r_indx
;
6868 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6869 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6870 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6872 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6874 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6875 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6877 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6880 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6885 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6887 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6888 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6890 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6891 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6892 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6898 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6907 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6908 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6911 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6913 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6915 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6917 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6920 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6921 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6924 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6925 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6928 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6929 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6930 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6932 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6935 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6936 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6939 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6940 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6942 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6946 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6947 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6950 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6951 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6956 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6957 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6958 have already been determined. */
6961 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6963 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6964 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6966 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6968 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6969 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6971 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6972 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6973 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6980 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6981 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6982 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6983 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6984 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6989 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6990 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6994 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6995 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6996 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6997 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6998 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6999 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
7000 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7001 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7002 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7003 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7004 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7005 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7009 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7010 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7011 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7013 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7014 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7015 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7016 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7017 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7018 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7019 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7021 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7022 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7023 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7024 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7025 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7026 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7027 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7028 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7031 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7032 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7033 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7034 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7035 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7036 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7037 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7042 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7044 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7045 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7047 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7048 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7053 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7054 || !h
->def_regular
))
7056 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7057 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7058 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7059 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7060 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7062 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7063 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7070 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7071 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7072 pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7074 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7075 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7076 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7077 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7078 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7081 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7085 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7098 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7100 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7102 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7103 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7104 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7107 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7108 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7110 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7113 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7114 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7116 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7127 /* xgettext:c-format */
7128 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7130 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7134 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7135 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7136 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7137 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7141 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7144 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7145 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7146 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7148 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7152 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7155 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7156 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7157 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7158 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7159 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7160 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7162 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7165 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7166 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7169 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7172 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7175 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7176 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7180 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7182 /* Read the relocations. */
7183 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7185 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7188 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7189 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7193 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7194 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7196 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7197 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7199 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7200 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7203 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7204 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7206 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7207 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7208 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7210 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7211 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7212 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7213 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7214 optimization for them! */
7217 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7222 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7223 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7226 /* xgettext:c-format */
7227 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7233 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7234 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7238 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7240 const char *sym_name
;
7242 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7244 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7248 /* xgettext:c-format */
7249 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7255 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7256 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7257 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7258 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7259 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7260 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7261 which we test for via the output_section. */
7262 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7263 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7267 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7268 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7269 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7274 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7279 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7286 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7287 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7288 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7290 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7292 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7299 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7301 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7303 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7305 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7306 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7309 new_contents
= NULL
;
7310 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7311 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7312 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7313 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7316 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7317 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7318 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7319 the third word of .opd entries. */
7320 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7323 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7327 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7329 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7333 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7334 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7337 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7339 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7342 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7343 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7347 wptr
= new_contents
;
7348 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7349 write_rel
= relstart
;
7350 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7352 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7354 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7355 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7356 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7358 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7361 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7362 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7367 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7368 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7369 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7372 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7373 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7376 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7378 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7381 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7385 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7387 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7390 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7391 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7392 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7397 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7398 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7401 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7403 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7405 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7406 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7408 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7410 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7415 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7419 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7422 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7423 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7430 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7435 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7436 this location in the opd section. It is
7437 necessary to update the value here rather
7438 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7439 for local symbols, because various places
7440 in the generic ELF code use the value
7441 stored in u.def.value. */
7442 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7443 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7446 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7447 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7448 we'd need to look through the local syms
7449 for the function descriptor sym which we
7450 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7451 array of adjustments. */
7452 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7453 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7456 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7457 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7458 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7460 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7464 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7466 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7468 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7469 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7470 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7475 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7478 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7479 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7482 free (sec
->contents
);
7483 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7486 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7487 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7488 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7489 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7492 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7495 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7496 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7498 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7501 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7506 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7508 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7509 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7510 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7514 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7516 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7518 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7522 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7523 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7526 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7527 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7531 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7535 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7538 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7539 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7545 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7546 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7549 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7551 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7554 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7556 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7560 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7561 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7562 between the call and its destination. */
7563 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7565 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7571 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7578 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7579 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7581 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7583 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7584 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7587 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7588 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7590 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7592 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7596 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7597 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7598 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7599 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7600 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7601 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7602 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7603 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7604 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7605 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7606 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7607 together except their symbol. */
7609 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7612 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7614 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7618 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7620 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7621 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7622 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7624 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7626 /* Read the relocations. */
7627 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7629 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7632 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7633 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7635 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7636 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7639 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7640 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7642 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7643 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7644 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7647 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7648 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7651 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7653 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7658 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7662 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7665 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7666 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7667 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7668 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7669 + sec
->output_offset
7670 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7671 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7672 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7673 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7674 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7675 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7676 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7679 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7683 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7684 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7686 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7689 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7696 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7699 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7701 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7704 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7708 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7711 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7712 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7713 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7714 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7716 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7717 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7718 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7719 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7720 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7721 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7722 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7723 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7724 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7725 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7726 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7727 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7728 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7729 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7730 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7731 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7732 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7733 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7734 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7736 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7737 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7739 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7740 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7741 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7743 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7745 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7746 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7747 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7748 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7750 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7751 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7752 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7754 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7755 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7756 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7757 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7759 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7763 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7764 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7766 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7767 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7768 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7770 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7771 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7773 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7774 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7775 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7776 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7777 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7779 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7780 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7781 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7782 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7784 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7786 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7787 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7788 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7789 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7792 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7794 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7797 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7798 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7800 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7801 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7802 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7808 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7809 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7810 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7811 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7813 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7815 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7816 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7817 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7818 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7821 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7823 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7824 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7825 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7826 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7827 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7832 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7833 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7834 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7836 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7837 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7838 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7839 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7841 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7843 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7845 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7846 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7847 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7849 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7850 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7853 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7855 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7856 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7858 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7859 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7860 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7861 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7863 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7864 desc
->forced_local
);
7865 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7867 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7868 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7869 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7871 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7872 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7878 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7879 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7882 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7883 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7884 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7885 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7887 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7890 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7891 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7894 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7895 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7896 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7897 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7898 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7899 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7901 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7902 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7903 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7905 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7907 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7908 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7910 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7911 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7912 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7913 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7919 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7920 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7921 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7922 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7923 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7924 dynamic relocations. */
7927 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7931 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7932 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7935 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7938 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7942 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
7944 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7945 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7946 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7947 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7948 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7949 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7950 and plt refcounts. */
7952 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7953 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7956 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7958 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7959 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7961 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7962 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7964 /* Read the relocations. */
7965 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7967 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7973 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7974 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7976 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7977 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7978 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7979 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7981 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7982 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7984 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7985 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7986 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7987 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7989 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7990 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7994 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7997 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7998 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8005 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8006 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8007 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8008 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8012 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8017 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8018 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8019 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8022 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8026 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8028 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8029 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8031 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8032 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8033 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8034 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8035 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8036 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8037 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8038 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8040 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8044 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8045 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8046 without marker relocs, then check that each
8047 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8048 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8049 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8050 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8052 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8054 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8055 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8056 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8058 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8059 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8060 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8065 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8069 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8070 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8071 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8072 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8075 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8076 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8077 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8078 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8079 that turns out to be the case. */
8086 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8089 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8090 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8091 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8092 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8093 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8096 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8097 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8103 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8105 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8109 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8110 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8111 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8112 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8117 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8118 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8128 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8129 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8132 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8134 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8135 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8137 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8138 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8143 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8145 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8148 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8152 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8153 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8158 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8163 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8164 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8167 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8168 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8169 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8170 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8171 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8173 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8174 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8178 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8180 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8181 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8184 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8185 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8186 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8187 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8188 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8189 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8191 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8195 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8200 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8203 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8207 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8212 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8213 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8218 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8222 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8224 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8226 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8227 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8231 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8234 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8243 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8248 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
8251 unsigned char buf
[4];
8253 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
8254 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
8257 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
8258 /* addis rt,13,imm */
8259 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8260 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)))
8262 /* xgettext:c-format */
8263 info
->callbacks
->minfo
8264 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
8265 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
8266 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8271 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
8272 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
8273 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
8274 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
8275 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
8276 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
8277 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
8278 /* These can all be used in sequences along with
8279 TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't
8280 able to verify easily. */
8281 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8290 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8291 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8294 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8295 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8296 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8301 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8303 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8304 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8307 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8312 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8314 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8315 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8316 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8318 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8324 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8325 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8326 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8327 the entire optimization. */
8328 /* xgettext:c-format */
8329 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8330 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8331 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8336 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8337 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8338 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8339 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8340 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8341 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8342 Disable optimization in this case. */
8343 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8344 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8345 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8346 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8347 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8350 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8352 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8354 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8355 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8358 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8361 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8362 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8365 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8368 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8369 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8372 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8375 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8376 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8379 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8383 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8384 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8390 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8392 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8394 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8398 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8400 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8401 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8402 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8403 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8410 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8411 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8412 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8417 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8418 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8419 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8423 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8425 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8431 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8432 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8435 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8440 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8442 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8445 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8453 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8454 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8455 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8456 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8457 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8459 struct adjust_toc_info
8462 unsigned long *skip
;
8463 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8466 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8469 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8471 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8472 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8475 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8476 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8479 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8480 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8483 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8485 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8486 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8488 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8490 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8493 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8496 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8497 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8500 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8501 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8503 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8504 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8509 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8510 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8513 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8515 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8516 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8517 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8518 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8519 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8520 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8521 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8522 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8523 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8524 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8525 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8526 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8527 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8528 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8529 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8530 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8531 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8532 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8533 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8534 will need testing too. */
8535 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8536 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8538 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8539 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8540 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8541 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8542 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8543 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8546 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8547 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8548 load/store rt,off(ra)
8551 load/store rt,off(ra)
8552 may be translated to
8553 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8555 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8556 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8558 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8559 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8560 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8563 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8565 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8566 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8569 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8571 /* Check that regs match. */
8572 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8575 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8576 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8579 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8581 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8582 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8588 /* Check that regs match. */
8589 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8592 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8608 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8610 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8611 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8612 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8615 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8616 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8618 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8619 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8620 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8621 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8624 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8625 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8627 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8628 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8629 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8630 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8633 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8634 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8636 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8638 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8639 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8640 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8641 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8645 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8646 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8647 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8648 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8653 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8654 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8655 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8658 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8659 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8661 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8662 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8663 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8664 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8667 case 62: /* std, stq */
8668 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8670 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8671 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8672 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8673 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8678 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8679 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8683 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8684 unused .toc entries. */
8687 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8690 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8691 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8693 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8694 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8695 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8697 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8698 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8699 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8700 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8701 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8702 unsigned char *used
;
8703 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8705 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8708 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8711 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8712 || discarded_section (toc
))
8717 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8719 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8722 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8724 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8725 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8726 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8727 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8728 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8731 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8732 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8735 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8737 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8739 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8740 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8742 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8743 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8746 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8753 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8754 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8755 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8756 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8757 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8761 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8762 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8770 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8772 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8773 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8775 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8778 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8779 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8785 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8790 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8793 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8797 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8798 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8799 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8801 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8802 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8803 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8804 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8806 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8807 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8808 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8810 /* Read toc relocs. */
8811 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8813 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8816 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8818 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8819 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8821 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8822 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8825 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8826 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8829 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8830 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8835 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8836 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8839 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8844 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8846 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8850 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8852 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8854 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8855 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8857 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8858 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8859 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8860 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8861 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8862 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8865 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8866 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8871 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8876 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8877 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8884 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8888 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8891 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8893 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8899 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8900 Check the toc itself last. */
8901 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8904 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8905 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8906 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8911 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8912 || discarded_section (sec
)
8913 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8914 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8915 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8918 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8920 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8926 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8930 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8932 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8933 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8935 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8936 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8939 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8943 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8944 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8945 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8946 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8947 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8948 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8949 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8956 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8957 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8968 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8970 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8971 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8973 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8976 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8983 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8986 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8987 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8988 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8989 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8995 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
9000 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
9001 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
9008 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
9009 entry itself isn't unused. */
9010 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9011 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
9014 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
9023 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9027 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
9028 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
9029 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
9030 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
9031 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
9036 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
9037 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9041 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9044 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9054 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9056 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9057 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9059 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9060 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9061 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9064 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9066 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9067 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9070 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9075 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9079 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9080 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9082 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9083 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9084 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9086 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9087 || discarded_section (sec
))
9090 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9092 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9095 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9097 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9098 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9100 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9103 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9110 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9111 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9112 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9113 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9114 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9115 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9119 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9120 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9128 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9131 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9133 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9136 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9138 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9140 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9142 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9144 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9145 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9146 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9150 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9151 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9154 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9155 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9159 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9161 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9162 /* xgettext:c-format */
9163 (_("%H: %s references "
9164 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9165 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9166 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9167 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9170 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9171 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9175 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9178 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9179 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9182 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9186 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9187 but handle them anyway. */
9188 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9189 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9190 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9192 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9193 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9197 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9198 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9200 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9202 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9206 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9207 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9210 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9211 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9214 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9215 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9218 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9219 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9222 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9223 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9224 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9228 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9231 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9234 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9235 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9236 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9238 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9242 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9243 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9244 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9246 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9247 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9248 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9251 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9252 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9255 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9256 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9257 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9258 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9259 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9262 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9265 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9266 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9268 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9271 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9276 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9277 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9278 number of GOT entries. */
9279 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9282 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9283 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9284 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9287 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9290 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9293 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9296 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9299 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9301 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9303 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9304 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9305 || discarded_section (sec
))
9308 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9310 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9313 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9316 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9321 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9323 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9324 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9325 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9327 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9328 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9330 unsigned char buf
[8];
9332 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9334 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9338 insn_check
= no_check
;
9341 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9342 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9343 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9344 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9345 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9346 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9347 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9348 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9351 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9352 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9353 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9354 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9355 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9356 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9357 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9358 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9359 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9360 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9361 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9365 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9367 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9369 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9372 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9373 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9374 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9375 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9376 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9380 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9381 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9382 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9383 /* xgettext:c-format */
9384 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9385 " %s instruction\n"),
9386 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9393 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9394 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9395 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9396 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9397 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9398 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9402 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9403 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9404 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9408 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9409 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9414 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9415 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9418 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9421 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9425 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9427 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9428 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9429 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9431 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9432 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9433 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9440 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9441 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9442 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9445 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9446 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9448 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9449 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9450 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9454 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9455 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9456 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9458 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9459 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9461 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9462 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9466 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9468 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9469 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9470 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9472 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9473 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9475 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9476 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9478 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9479 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9489 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9490 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9492 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9493 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9494 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9495 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9497 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9498 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9501 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9505 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9506 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9508 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9511 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9518 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9519 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9522 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9524 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9525 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9528 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9531 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9532 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9533 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9535 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9536 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9537 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9539 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9540 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9541 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9543 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9544 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9546 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9548 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9549 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9551 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9552 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9553 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9554 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9555 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9557 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9558 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9560 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9561 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9565 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9568 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9570 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9572 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9573 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9574 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9575 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9576 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9577 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9578 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9580 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9581 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9585 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9588 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9589 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9591 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9593 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9594 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9595 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9596 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9599 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9600 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9604 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9608 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9610 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9611 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9613 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9614 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9616 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9619 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9620 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9624 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9625 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9627 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9628 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9629 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9630 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9632 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9633 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9634 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9635 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9636 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9637 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9638 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9639 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9641 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9645 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9646 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9647 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9650 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9651 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9653 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9654 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9655 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9657 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9658 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9660 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9661 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9664 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9667 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9669 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9670 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9672 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9673 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9675 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9677 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9680 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9683 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9686 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9687 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9688 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9689 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9690 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9692 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9693 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9694 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9695 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9697 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9698 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9699 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9700 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9702 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9704 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9706 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9707 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9708 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9709 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9710 visibility changes. */
9711 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9713 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9714 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9715 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9716 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9717 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9718 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9719 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9720 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9722 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9724 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9733 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9735 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9736 should be made dynamic. */
9737 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9742 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9743 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9744 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9746 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9748 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9750 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9751 should be made dynamic. */
9752 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9755 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9756 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9757 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9760 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9763 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9764 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9766 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9767 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9768 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9769 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9773 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9776 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9777 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9778 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9779 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9780 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9783 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9784 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9785 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9786 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9788 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9789 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9790 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9791 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9793 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9794 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9796 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9799 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9800 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9801 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9806 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9807 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9808 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9813 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9817 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9819 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9821 /* Make room for this entry. */
9822 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9824 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9827 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9830 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9831 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9838 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9839 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9842 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9846 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9849 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9855 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9862 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9863 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9864 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9866 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9867 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9869 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9870 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9871 after the branch table. */
9874 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9876 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9877 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9878 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9881 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9884 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9891 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9895 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9896 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9897 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9898 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9899 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9901 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9902 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9903 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9904 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9905 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9906 unsigned int align_power
;
9910 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9911 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9913 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9914 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9915 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9916 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9917 entry stubs are needed. */
9918 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9919 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9920 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9921 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9922 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9923 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9924 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9925 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9926 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9927 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9928 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9929 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9930 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9932 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9934 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9935 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9936 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9937 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9943 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9946 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9947 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9949 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9954 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9956 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9960 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9964 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9966 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9967 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9969 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9972 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9973 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9977 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9979 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9981 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9982 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9983 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9984 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9985 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9986 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9987 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9989 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9992 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9994 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9996 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9998 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9999 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
10001 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
10002 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
10003 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
10006 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
10008 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10010 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10011 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10012 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
10013 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10018 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10022 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10023 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10024 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10025 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10026 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10027 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10028 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10029 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
10031 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10034 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10035 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10037 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10039 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10044 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10045 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10047 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10048 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10053 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10054 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10056 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10057 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10059 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10060 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10061 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10063 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10064 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10073 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10074 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10075 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10077 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10079 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10080 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10082 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10084 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10085 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10086 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10087 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10089 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10090 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10091 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10094 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10095 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10096 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10097 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10098 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10102 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10106 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10107 sym dynamic relocs. */
10108 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10110 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10111 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10113 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10114 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10116 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10118 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10121 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10122 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10124 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10126 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10127 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10131 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10133 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10134 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10137 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10139 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10140 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10145 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10148 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10149 Allocate memory for them. */
10151 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10153 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10156 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10157 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10159 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10160 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10161 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10162 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10163 || s
== htab
->glink
10164 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10165 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10166 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10168 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10171 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10173 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10174 /* Not sized yet. */
10177 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10181 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10184 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10185 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10186 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10191 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10197 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10198 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10199 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10200 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10201 before the linker maps input sections to output
10202 sections. The linker does that before
10203 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10204 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10205 into these sections. */
10206 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10210 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10211 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10214 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10217 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10218 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10219 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10220 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10221 sections instead of garbage.
10222 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10223 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10224 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10225 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10229 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10231 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10234 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10235 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10238 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10241 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10242 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10246 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10250 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10253 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10254 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10257 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10262 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10264 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10266 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10267 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10268 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10269 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10270 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10271 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10272 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10274 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10276 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10280 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10282 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10283 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10284 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10285 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10286 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10290 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10292 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10293 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10297 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10298 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10299 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10300 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10301 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10302 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10304 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10310 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10311 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10312 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10315 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10316 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10317 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10318 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10319 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10321 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10323 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10328 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10333 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10336 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10338 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10340 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10343 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10346 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10348 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10349 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10350 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10351 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10352 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10353 bfd_vma destination
,
10354 unsigned long local_off
)
10356 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10358 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10359 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10360 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10364 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10365 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10367 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10369 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10373 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10374 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10375 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10378 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10381 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10382 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10383 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10384 any other type of stub. */
10385 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10386 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10387 return ppc_stub_none
;
10389 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10392 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10393 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10394 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10396 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10398 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10400 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10401 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10402 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10405 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10410 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10411 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10412 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10415 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10416 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10418 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10419 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10420 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10421 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10422 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10423 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10425 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10426 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10427 is needed later. */
10428 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10430 return ppc_stub_none
;
10433 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10434 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10439 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10440 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10441 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10442 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10443 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10444 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10447 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10449 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10451 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10453 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10455 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10457 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10460 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10462 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10465 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10467 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10470 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10472 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10477 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10479 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10484 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10486 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10488 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10492 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10494 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10497 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10499 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10502 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10504 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10508 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10510 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10516 static unsigned int
10517 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10520 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10522 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10526 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10531 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10534 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10536 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10538 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10545 static unsigned int
10546 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10548 unsigned int num_rel
;
10549 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10551 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10556 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10557 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10559 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10561 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10567 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10568 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10569 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10571 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10572 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10574 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10575 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10576 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10577 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10578 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10580 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10583 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10584 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10585 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10589 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10590 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10593 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10594 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10598 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10599 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10600 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10603 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10605 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10609 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10610 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10611 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10613 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10617 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10618 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10619 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10626 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10630 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10635 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10641 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10643 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10645 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10647 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10648 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10649 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10650 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10651 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10654 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10658 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10661 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10662 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10664 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10668 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10672 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10674 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10679 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10681 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10685 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10688 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10689 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10695 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10699 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10701 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10707 static unsigned int
10708 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10710 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10712 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10718 static unsigned int
10719 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10721 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10723 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10729 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10730 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10731 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10732 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10734 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10736 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10738 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10739 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10740 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10741 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10747 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10748 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10749 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10750 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10753 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10754 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10755 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10759 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10760 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10761 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10765 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10768 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10772 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10773 else if (delta
< 256)
10775 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10778 else if (delta
< 65536)
10780 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10781 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10786 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10787 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10793 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10795 static unsigned int
10796 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10798 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10799 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10801 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10802 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10804 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10805 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10807 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10811 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10812 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10813 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10814 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10815 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10816 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10817 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10819 . fake dep barrier compare
10820 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10821 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10822 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10823 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10824 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10825 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10827 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10828 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10830 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10831 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10833 static inline unsigned int
10834 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10835 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10840 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10842 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
10844 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10845 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10846 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10847 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10849 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10852 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10853 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10859 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10860 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10862 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10867 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10869 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10870 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10871 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10872 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10874 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10877 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10878 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10879 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10881 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10884 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10890 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10897 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10898 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10900 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10901 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10903 static inline unsigned int
10904 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10905 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10909 unsigned stub_size
;
10910 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10912 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10914 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10915 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10916 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10920 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10921 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10922 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10923 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10924 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10928 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10930 static inline bfd_byte
*
10931 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10932 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10933 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10935 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10936 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10937 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10938 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10939 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10940 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10941 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10942 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10943 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10945 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10948 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10949 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10951 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10952 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10953 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10954 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10957 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10958 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10960 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10961 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10962 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10963 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10964 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10965 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10966 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10967 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10968 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10970 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10971 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10972 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10973 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10976 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10980 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10981 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10982 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10983 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10984 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10985 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10986 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10989 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10991 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10992 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10993 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10997 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10998 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10999 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11000 if (plt_static_chain
)
11002 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
11003 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11004 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
11009 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11010 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11011 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11014 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11015 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11019 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11020 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11023 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11025 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11028 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11033 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11034 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11036 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11037 if (plt_static_chain
)
11038 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11045 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11046 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11047 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11048 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11051 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11053 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11054 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11055 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11059 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11060 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11061 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11062 if (plt_static_chain
)
11064 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11065 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11066 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11071 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11072 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11073 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11074 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11076 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11078 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11081 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11086 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11087 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11089 if (plt_static_chain
)
11090 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11091 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11094 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11096 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11097 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11098 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11101 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11105 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11107 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11108 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11109 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11110 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11111 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11112 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11113 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11114 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11116 static inline bfd_byte
*
11117 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11118 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11119 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11121 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11125 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11126 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11127 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11128 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11129 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11130 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11131 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11132 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11135 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11136 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11137 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11139 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11141 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11145 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11146 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11147 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11149 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11151 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11153 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11155 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11160 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11163 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11165 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11166 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11168 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11170 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11174 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11177 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11178 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11180 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11182 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11183 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11184 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11186 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11187 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11188 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11189 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11190 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11191 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11193 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11194 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11198 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11199 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11200 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11201 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11202 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11203 specified by that point.
11204 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11205 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11206 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11207 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11209 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11210 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11211 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11212 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11213 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11214 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11222 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11224 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11225 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11227 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11228 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11230 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11231 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11232 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11234 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11235 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11236 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11238 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11240 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11245 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11246 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11248 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11249 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11251 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11252 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11253 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11255 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11256 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11257 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11258 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11260 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11261 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11262 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11263 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11265 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11266 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11267 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11268 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11270 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11271 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11275 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11276 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11280 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11281 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11282 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11284 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11285 unsigned long symndx
;
11286 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11289 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11290 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11291 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11292 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11294 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11296 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11297 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11298 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11300 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11301 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11302 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11304 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11305 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11307 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11309 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11310 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11311 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11312 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11313 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11314 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11315 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11317 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11318 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11320 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11321 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11326 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11333 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11334 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11336 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11337 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11341 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11344 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11346 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11347 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11349 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11350 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11352 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11353 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11354 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11355 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11356 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11358 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11359 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11360 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11361 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11363 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11368 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11370 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11371 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11372 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11373 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11375 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11377 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11382 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11383 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11386 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11387 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11388 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11389 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11390 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11391 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11392 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11393 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11395 /* Same for the group. */
11396 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11397 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11398 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11399 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11400 "output section. Retry without "
11401 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11402 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11403 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11405 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11409 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11410 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11412 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11413 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11415 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11416 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11417 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11418 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11419 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11420 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11421 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11423 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11424 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11425 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11426 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11430 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11432 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11434 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11436 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11439 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11441 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11443 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11444 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11447 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11449 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11450 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11455 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11458 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11461 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11462 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11463 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11467 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11469 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11472 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11473 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11474 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11475 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11476 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11481 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11482 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11483 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11484 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11486 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11488 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11489 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11490 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11494 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11495 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11496 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11497 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11498 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11500 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11501 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11503 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11505 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11507 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11509 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11510 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11513 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11514 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11515 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11516 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11517 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11519 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11520 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11521 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11522 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11524 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11526 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11529 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11530 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11531 translated from input file to output file form, so
11532 set up the offset per the output file. */
11533 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11534 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11535 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11536 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11537 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11541 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11542 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11543 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11545 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11546 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11549 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11551 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11552 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11553 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11554 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11555 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11559 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11561 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11564 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11565 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11566 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11567 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11568 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11569 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11570 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11571 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11573 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11574 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11575 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11576 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11581 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11583 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11585 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11586 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11588 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11589 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11592 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11593 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11597 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11599 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11601 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11605 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11607 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11609 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11610 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11612 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11613 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11616 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11618 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11621 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11622 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11624 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11627 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11628 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11632 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11634 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11638 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11639 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11640 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11641 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11642 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11643 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11645 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11646 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11647 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11648 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11649 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11650 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11653 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11656 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11658 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11659 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11662 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11663 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11664 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11665 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11667 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11668 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11670 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11672 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11675 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11676 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11677 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11683 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11685 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11686 p
= build_power10_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11690 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11691 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11692 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11693 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11694 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11696 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11697 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11700 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11704 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11705 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11706 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11708 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11709 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11713 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11715 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11719 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11721 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11722 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11723 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11726 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11729 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11732 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
11733 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11735 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11736 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11737 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11740 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11741 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11742 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11743 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11744 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11745 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11750 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0
11751 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11752 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11754 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11755 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11757 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11758 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11759 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11760 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11761 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11762 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11763 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11765 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11766 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11767 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11768 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11771 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11772 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11774 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11778 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11779 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11780 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11781 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11782 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11784 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11786 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11787 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11788 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11789 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11790 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11791 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11794 /* Now build the stub. */
11795 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11796 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11799 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11800 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11801 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11802 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11804 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11805 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11807 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11809 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11811 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11812 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11815 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11817 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11818 /* xgettext:c-format */
11819 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11820 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11821 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11823 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11824 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11829 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11831 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11832 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11834 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11835 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11839 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11840 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11841 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11842 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11844 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11845 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11846 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11847 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11849 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11852 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11860 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11862 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11864 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11867 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11880 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11881 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11882 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11885 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11886 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11887 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11888 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11891 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11893 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11894 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11895 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11896 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11897 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11898 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11899 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11901 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11908 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11909 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11910 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11913 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11915 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11916 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11917 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11919 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11920 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11922 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11923 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11926 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11930 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11931 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11932 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11933 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11934 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11935 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11936 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11937 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11939 /* Same for the group. */
11940 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11941 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11942 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11943 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11944 "output section. Retry without "
11945 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11946 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11947 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11949 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11950 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11952 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11953 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11954 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11955 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11957 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11958 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11959 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11960 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11964 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11966 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11967 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11968 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11969 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11970 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11971 /* Fall through. */
11972 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11973 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11974 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11975 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11976 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11977 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11978 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11979 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11980 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11984 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11986 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11987 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11989 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11993 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11995 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12001 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
12002 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
12003 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
12005 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
12006 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12008 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12010 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12011 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12013 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12015 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12016 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12017 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
12021 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12023 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12024 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12025 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12027 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
12028 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12029 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12031 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12032 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12036 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12037 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12038 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12039 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12040 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12043 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12045 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12046 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12047 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12050 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12051 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12054 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12060 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12063 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12065 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12069 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12071 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12072 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12076 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12077 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12078 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12079 /* Fall through. */
12080 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12081 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12082 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12083 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12084 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12086 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12089 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12090 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12091 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12095 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12097 unsigned int num_rel
;
12098 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12099 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12101 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12102 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12103 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12106 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12107 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12109 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12110 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12112 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12113 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12117 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12119 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12120 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12121 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12122 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12124 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12125 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12126 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12127 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12128 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12129 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12132 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12133 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12135 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12136 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12139 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12140 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12143 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12144 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12145 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12146 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12147 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12148 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12150 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12151 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12154 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12155 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12156 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12157 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12159 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12160 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12162 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12164 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12168 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12170 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12172 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12173 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12177 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12179 unsigned int num_rel
;
12180 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 0)
12181 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12183 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12184 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12185 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12188 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12190 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0)
12192 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12193 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12194 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12195 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12197 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12198 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12199 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12200 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12201 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12202 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12206 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12207 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12208 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12209 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12211 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12212 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12213 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12214 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12216 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12217 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12219 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12221 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12223 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12224 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12227 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12229 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12231 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12232 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12235 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12237 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12238 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12240 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12241 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12243 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12246 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12248 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12249 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12250 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12251 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12253 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12255 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12256 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12257 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12258 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12259 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12260 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12264 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12265 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12266 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12267 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12268 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12270 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12279 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12283 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12284 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12285 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12288 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12292 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12297 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12298 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12299 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12300 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12303 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12304 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12305 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12310 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12313 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12315 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12317 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12318 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12319 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12322 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12323 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12324 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12327 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12329 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12330 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12335 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12337 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12338 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12342 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12343 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12346 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12347 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12348 limit
= 0x80008000;
12349 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12351 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12353 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12354 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12355 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12356 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12359 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12360 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12361 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12362 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12363 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12364 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12365 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12367 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12368 file .toc and .got together. */
12370 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12371 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12374 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12378 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12379 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12380 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12381 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12383 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12385 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12386 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12388 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12389 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12391 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12392 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12393 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12394 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12399 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12403 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12405 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12408 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12413 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12417 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12419 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12421 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12424 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12425 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12426 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12430 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12431 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12435 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12437 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12438 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12439 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12441 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12443 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12446 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12447 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12449 /* And tlsld_got. */
12450 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12452 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12454 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12457 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12458 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12459 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12461 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12463 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12466 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12467 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12468 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12469 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12471 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12472 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12478 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12479 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12480 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12481 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12483 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12485 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12487 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12490 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12493 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12495 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12496 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12501 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12502 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12503 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12505 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12506 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12507 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12508 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12509 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12510 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12514 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12517 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12521 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12522 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12523 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12524 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12525 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12526 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12527 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12528 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12530 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12532 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12534 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12535 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12537 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12538 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12543 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12544 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12546 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12547 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12549 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12550 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12551 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12553 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12554 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12560 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12562 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12564 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12566 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12569 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12570 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12571 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12573 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12574 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12576 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12578 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12579 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12584 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12585 if (!done_something
)
12586 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12590 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12593 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12596 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12597 if (done_something
)
12602 if (done_something
)
12603 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12605 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12606 on input sections. */
12607 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12608 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12609 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12610 return done_something
;
12613 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12616 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12618 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12620 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12621 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12622 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12625 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12626 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12627 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12628 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12629 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12630 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12631 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12634 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12638 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12639 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12641 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12642 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12645 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12648 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12652 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12654 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12655 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12656 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12658 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12659 info
->keep_memory
);
12660 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12663 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12665 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12669 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12671 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12672 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12673 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12674 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12675 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12677 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12681 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12682 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12683 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12684 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12685 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12686 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12687 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12688 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12691 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12692 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12699 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12701 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12703 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12705 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12711 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12712 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12715 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12716 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12717 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12724 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12727 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12728 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12730 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12732 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12734 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12735 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12738 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12742 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12744 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12746 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12749 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12750 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12751 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12756 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12757 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12759 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12760 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12763 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12764 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12765 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12771 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12772 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12773 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12774 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12775 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12776 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12784 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12785 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12786 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12787 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12790 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12791 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12792 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12796 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12797 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12799 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12800 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12801 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12812 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12813 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
12815 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12820 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12821 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12822 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12824 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12825 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12827 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12830 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12831 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12832 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12839 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12844 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12845 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12846 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12847 we may insert linker stubs. */
12850 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12852 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12857 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12858 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12860 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12861 which is what we want. */
12862 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12863 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12864 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12867 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12869 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12870 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12871 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12872 hit an exception. */
12873 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12874 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12875 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12876 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12878 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12881 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12882 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12883 check_pasted_section(). */
12884 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12885 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12888 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12892 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12893 have toc relocs. */
12896 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12898 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12902 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12903 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12906 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12907 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12910 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12911 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12916 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12917 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12919 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12923 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12925 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12926 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12932 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12934 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12935 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12938 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12939 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12940 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12941 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12942 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12943 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12946 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12947 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12948 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12950 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12952 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12954 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12958 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12959 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12961 /* Default values. */
12962 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12963 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12965 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12966 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12969 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12973 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12976 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12977 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12981 bfd_size_type total
;
12982 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12984 struct map_stub
*group
;
12985 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12988 total
= tail
->size
;
12989 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12990 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12991 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12993 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12994 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12995 /* xgettext:c-format */
12996 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12997 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12998 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
13000 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
13001 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13002 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13003 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13004 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
13005 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13008 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13009 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13010 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13011 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13012 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13013 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13014 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13015 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13016 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13017 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13018 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13021 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13022 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13023 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13024 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13025 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13026 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13027 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13028 htab
->group
= group
;
13031 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13032 /* Set up this stub group. */
13033 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13035 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13037 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13038 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13039 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13040 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13041 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13042 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13045 while (prev
!= NULL
13046 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13047 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13048 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13049 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13051 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13054 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13055 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13064 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13066 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13067 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13068 1, /* CIE version. */
13069 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13070 4, /* Code alignment. */
13071 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13073 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13074 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13075 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13078 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13079 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13080 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13084 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13086 if (isec
->size
== 0
13087 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13088 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13089 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13090 isec
->output_section
)
13091 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13093 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13094 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13095 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13099 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13101 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13102 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13106 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13108 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13109 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13110 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13115 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13116 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13118 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13119 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13120 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13121 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13122 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13124 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13128 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13130 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13131 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13136 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13137 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13138 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13139 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13140 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13141 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13142 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13143 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13144 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13145 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13146 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13152 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13154 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13155 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13156 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13157 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13158 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13162 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13163 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13164 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13166 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13168 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13171 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13172 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13173 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13174 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13175 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13176 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13177 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13179 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13181 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13183 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13184 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13185 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13186 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13188 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13189 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13190 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13191 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13192 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13194 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13196 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13197 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13198 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13199 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13200 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13201 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13202 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13205 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13206 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13207 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13208 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13209 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13210 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13215 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13216 struct map_stub
*group
;
13218 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13220 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13222 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13224 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13226 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13228 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13231 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13232 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13233 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13236 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13237 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13239 section
= section
->next
)
13241 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13243 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13245 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13246 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13247 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13248 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13249 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13252 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13253 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13254 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13255 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13258 /* Get the relocs. */
13260 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13261 info
->keep_memory
);
13262 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13263 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13265 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13266 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13267 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13268 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13270 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13271 unsigned int r_indx
;
13272 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13273 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13274 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13275 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13276 bfd_vma destination
;
13277 unsigned long local_off
;
13278 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13279 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13280 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13281 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13282 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13284 const asection
*id_sec
;
13285 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13286 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13288 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13289 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13291 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13293 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13294 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13297 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13298 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13299 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13300 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13301 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13302 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13305 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13307 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13308 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13309 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13310 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13317 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13318 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13319 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13322 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13323 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13325 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13326 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13329 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13330 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13332 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13333 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13335 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13336 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13338 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13339 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13340 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13342 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13343 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13344 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13353 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13354 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13361 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13362 destination
= (sym_value
13363 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13364 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13365 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13370 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13371 code_value
= sym_value
;
13372 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13377 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13379 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13382 code_value
+= adjust
;
13383 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13385 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13386 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13387 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13389 destination
= dest
;
13392 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13394 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13395 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13396 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13401 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13403 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13404 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13407 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13409 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13410 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13411 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13412 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13413 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13414 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13415 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13416 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13417 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13419 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13421 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13422 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13423 different object files when creating the
13424 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13425 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13426 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13427 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13428 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13429 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13430 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13431 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13432 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13433 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13434 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13435 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13436 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13439 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13442 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13443 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13444 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13446 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13447 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13448 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13450 /* Get tls info. */
13451 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13453 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13454 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13455 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13456 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13457 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13461 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13464 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13465 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13466 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13467 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13468 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13469 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13470 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13472 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13473 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13474 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13477 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13480 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13481 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13483 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13484 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13486 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13488 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13489 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13490 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13492 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13494 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13495 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13496 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13497 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13498 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13499 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13501 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
13503 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc
13504 and other varieties of stubs. (The _both
13505 variety won't be created.) */
13506 bfd_boolean notoc
= r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
13507 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
13508 = select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, notoc
);
13510 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13512 alt_stub
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
13513 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
13514 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13515 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13516 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
13518 /* xgettext:c-format */
13520 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
13521 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
13522 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13524 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
13525 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
13527 /* Sort notoc stubs first, for no good
13529 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
13530 alt_stub
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13532 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
13534 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13540 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13543 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13544 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13545 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13546 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13547 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13549 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13551 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13552 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13554 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13556 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13557 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13563 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13564 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13565 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13566 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13567 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13568 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13569 /* Fall through. */
13570 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13571 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13572 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13573 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13574 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13576 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13578 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13579 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13581 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13583 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13584 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13590 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13591 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13595 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13596 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13599 error_ret_free_internal
:
13600 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13601 free (internal_relocs
);
13602 error_ret_free_local
:
13603 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
13604 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13609 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13610 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13611 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13613 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13614 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13618 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13619 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13621 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13622 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13623 stub_entry
->symtype
13624 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13625 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13628 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13629 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13630 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13633 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13634 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13635 free (internal_relocs
);
13638 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13639 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13641 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13644 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13648 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13650 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13652 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13653 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13654 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13656 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13658 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13659 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13660 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13661 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13662 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13663 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13664 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13667 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13669 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13670 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13671 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13672 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13673 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13676 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13677 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13678 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13679 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13680 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13681 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13682 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13683 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13685 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13687 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13688 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13689 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13691 if (info
->emitrelocations
13692 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13694 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13695 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13698 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13699 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13700 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13702 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13704 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13705 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13706 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13707 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13708 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13710 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13711 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13712 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13713 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13714 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13717 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13718 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13719 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13721 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13722 group
->stub_sec
->size
13723 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13726 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13727 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13728 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13729 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13730 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13734 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13735 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13736 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13737 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13738 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13739 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13740 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13743 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13744 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13747 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13748 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13751 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13752 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13753 struct map_stub
*group
;
13755 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13756 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13757 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13758 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13759 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13762 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13766 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13767 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13768 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13769 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13770 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13772 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13773 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13775 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13777 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13779 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13782 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13783 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13785 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13787 /* stub section size. */
13788 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13790 /* Augmentation. */
13792 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13793 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13794 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13795 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13797 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13800 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13802 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13805 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13806 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13808 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13811 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13813 /* Augmentation. */
13816 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13817 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13819 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13820 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13821 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13823 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13825 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13826 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13827 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13828 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13829 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13830 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13831 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13832 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13835 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13836 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13837 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
13838 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13839 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13844 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13845 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13848 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13851 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13855 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13856 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13858 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13859 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13863 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13864 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13868 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13869 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13870 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13871 || h
->def_regular
))
13873 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13874 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13879 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13880 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13882 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13883 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13884 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13885 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13886 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13887 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13888 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13890 /* This may happen for
13891 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13893 o bad linker script
13894 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13896 FIXME: Warn user? */
13898 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13900 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13901 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13903 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13906 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13907 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13908 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13911 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13912 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13916 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13917 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13923 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13925 /* Force alignment. */
13926 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13927 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13928 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13930 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13932 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13936 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13938 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13939 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13944 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13945 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13946 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13947 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13953 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13954 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13957 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13959 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13960 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13961 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13964 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13968 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13972 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13973 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13975 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13976 table. Set it up. */
13977 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13978 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13981 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13982 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13984 if (!(h
->def_regular
13985 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13986 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13988 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13990 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13991 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13992 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
13994 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13996 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14000 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14001 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
14003 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14005 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14007 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14012 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
14014 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14016 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14017 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
14020 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
14021 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
14022 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14027 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
14028 + plt
->output_offset
14029 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14030 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14031 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14032 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14037 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14038 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14039 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14040 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14041 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14042 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14043 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14044 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14045 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14046 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14047 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14051 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14054 if (h
->def_regular
)
14057 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14058 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14061 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14062 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14063 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14069 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14070 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14071 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14072 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14074 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14075 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14077 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14079 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14080 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14082 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14084 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14085 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14086 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14088 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14091 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14092 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14094 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14095 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14100 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14101 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14104 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14106 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14107 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14108 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14109 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14110 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14111 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14112 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14114 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14118 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14120 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14123 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14125 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14127 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14133 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14136 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14138 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14141 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14143 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14144 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14145 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14146 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14147 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14148 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14150 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14153 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14157 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14158 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14159 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14160 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14161 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14162 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14163 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14164 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14166 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14168 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14172 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14173 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14175 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14180 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14181 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14182 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14183 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14184 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14186 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14188 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
14189 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14190 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14194 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14195 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14198 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14200 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14201 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14204 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14205 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14210 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14211 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14212 + plt
->output_offset
14213 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14214 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14217 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14219 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14224 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14226 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14228 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14229 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14230 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14231 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14235 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14236 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14238 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14241 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14247 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14248 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14251 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14253 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14254 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14256 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14258 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14259 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14260 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14261 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14262 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14264 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14266 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14267 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14271 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14272 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14273 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14275 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14276 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14279 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14282 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14284 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14287 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14288 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14296 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14298 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14299 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14301 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14302 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14304 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14305 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14307 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14308 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14309 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14310 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14315 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14316 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14317 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14320 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14323 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14324 struct map_stub
*group
;
14325 asection
*stub_sec
;
14327 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14332 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14333 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14335 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14336 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14337 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14338 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14340 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14342 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14344 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14348 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14353 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14354 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14356 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14357 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14358 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14361 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14363 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14364 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14365 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14366 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14367 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14368 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14369 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14371 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14374 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14375 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14377 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14379 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14382 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14383 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14384 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14385 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14387 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14388 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14389 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14393 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14395 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14397 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14399 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14401 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14403 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14405 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14407 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14409 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14411 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14416 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14418 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14420 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14422 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14424 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14426 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14428 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14430 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14432 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14434 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14436 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14438 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14440 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14443 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14445 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14447 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14449 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14455 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14460 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14462 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14467 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14468 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14474 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14476 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14477 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14478 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14480 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14481 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14485 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14486 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14488 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14492 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14493 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14495 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14498 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14500 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14502 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14505 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14507 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14508 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14509 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14513 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14514 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14516 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14517 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14518 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14520 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14521 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14523 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14524 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14525 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14527 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14528 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14531 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14532 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14534 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14535 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14536 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14537 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14541 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14542 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14547 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14548 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14553 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14554 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14556 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14557 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14559 /* Offset to stub section. */
14560 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14561 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14562 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14563 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14564 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14565 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14568 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14569 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14572 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14573 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14575 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14577 /* Offset to .glink. */
14578 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14579 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14581 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14582 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14583 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14584 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14587 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14588 htab
->glink
->name
);
14591 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14592 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14596 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14597 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14599 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14600 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14601 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14602 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14608 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14609 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14612 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14618 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
14619 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14620 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14622 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
14626 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
14628 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14629 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14630 " branch both %lu\n"
14631 " long branch %lu\n"
14632 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14633 " long notoc %lu\n"
14636 " plt call save %lu\n"
14637 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14638 " plt call both %lu\n"
14639 " global entry %lu"),
14641 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14642 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14643 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14644 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14645 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14646 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14647 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14648 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14649 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14650 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14651 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14652 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14653 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
14661 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14662 discarded sections. */
14664 static unsigned int
14665 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14667 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14670 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14673 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14676 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14679 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14682 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14686 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14688 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14689 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14690 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14691 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14692 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14693 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14694 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14695 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14696 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14697 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14698 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14699 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14700 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14701 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14702 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14703 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14704 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14705 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14706 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14707 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14708 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14709 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14710 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14711 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14712 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14713 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14714 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14716 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14717 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14718 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14719 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14720 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14721 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14722 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14723 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14724 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14725 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14726 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14727 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14728 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14729 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14730 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14731 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14739 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14740 to handle the relocations for a section.
14742 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14743 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14746 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14747 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14748 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14751 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14752 address or the reloc symbol index.
14754 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14756 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14757 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14759 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14760 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14762 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14763 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14764 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14765 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14769 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14770 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14772 asection
*input_section
,
14773 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14774 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14775 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14776 asection
**local_sections
)
14778 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14779 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14780 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14781 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14782 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14783 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14784 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14786 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14788 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14789 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14790 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14791 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14792 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14793 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14795 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14796 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14799 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14803 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14804 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14807 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14809 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14813 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14814 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14815 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14816 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14817 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14819 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14820 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14821 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14823 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14825 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14826 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14829 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14830 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14831 const char *sym_name
;
14832 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14833 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14834 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14835 unsigned char sym_type
;
14836 bfd_vma relocation
;
14837 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14838 bfd_boolean warned
;
14839 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14842 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14843 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14845 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14846 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14847 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14854 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14855 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14857 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14858 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14859 proper TOC base to use. */
14860 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14862 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14864 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14870 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14873 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14875 /* It's a local symbol. */
14876 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14878 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14879 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14880 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14881 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14882 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14883 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14884 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14886 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14892 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14893 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14894 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14895 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14896 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14897 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14898 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14900 relocation
+= adjust
;
14906 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14908 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14909 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14910 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14911 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14912 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14913 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14915 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14916 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14918 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14919 such are defined in output sections, even those
14920 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14921 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14922 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14923 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14924 by the opd entry. */
14925 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14926 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14927 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14929 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14930 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14931 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14934 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14935 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14942 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14944 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14946 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14947 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14948 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14949 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14951 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14953 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14954 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14955 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14956 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14957 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14958 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14964 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14967 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14969 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14970 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14971 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14974 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14975 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14976 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14977 for the final instruction stream. */
14982 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14983 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14985 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14986 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14987 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14988 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14989 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14991 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14992 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14993 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14994 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14996 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14997 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14999 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15000 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15004 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15007 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
15008 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
15009 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
15010 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
15012 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
15013 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
15014 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
15016 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15017 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15018 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15019 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15020 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
15023 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15024 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
15025 /* xgettext:c-format */
15026 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
15027 /* xgettext:c-format */
15028 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
15029 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
15030 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
15034 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
15035 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
15036 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
15037 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15038 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15039 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15040 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15041 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15042 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15043 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15044 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15052 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15053 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15054 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15056 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15057 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15058 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15059 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15062 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15063 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15064 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15065 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15067 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15068 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15071 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15072 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15078 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15079 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15080 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15082 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15083 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15088 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15089 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15093 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15094 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15097 else if (retval
== 3)
15099 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15100 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15109 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15110 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15111 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15113 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15114 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15115 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15116 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15120 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15121 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15122 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15123 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15126 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15127 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15129 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15130 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15131 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15132 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15133 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15135 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15136 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15137 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15138 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15142 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15146 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15147 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15148 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15150 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15151 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15153 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15154 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15155 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15156 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15157 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15158 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15159 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15160 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15161 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15166 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15167 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15169 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15170 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15173 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15175 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15176 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15177 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15178 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15179 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15180 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15182 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15183 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15184 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15185 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15189 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15191 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15193 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15194 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15196 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15198 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15199 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15200 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15205 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15206 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15207 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15210 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15215 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15216 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15218 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15222 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15223 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15224 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15227 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15228 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15229 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15232 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15233 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15234 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15236 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15240 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15241 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15243 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15247 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15248 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15249 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15251 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15254 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15255 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15256 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15257 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15258 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15259 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15260 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15261 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15262 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15263 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15265 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15267 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15268 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15269 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15270 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15271 before the call by intervening code. */
15272 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15273 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15274 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15277 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15278 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15279 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15280 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15281 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15282 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15283 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15284 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15286 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15287 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15288 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15293 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15294 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15295 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15298 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15299 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15300 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15302 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15304 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15305 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15307 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15308 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15309 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15311 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15312 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15313 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15314 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15318 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15319 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15322 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15324 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15325 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15326 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15329 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15330 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15332 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15333 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15339 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15340 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15342 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15344 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15345 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15347 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15348 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15349 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
15353 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15354 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15355 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15357 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15358 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15359 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15360 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15361 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15365 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
15366 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15368 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15370 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15371 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15373 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15374 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15375 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15376 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15377 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15378 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15379 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15384 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15385 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15386 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15388 unsigned int insn2
;
15389 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15391 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15392 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15394 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15395 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15396 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15397 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15398 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15402 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15403 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15405 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15408 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15409 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15414 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15416 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15417 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15419 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15420 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15422 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15427 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15428 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15429 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15432 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15433 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15434 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15435 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15436 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15437 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15439 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15444 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15445 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15446 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15448 unsigned int insn2
;
15449 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15451 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15452 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15454 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15455 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15456 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15458 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15462 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15465 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15466 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15468 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15473 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15474 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15475 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15476 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15477 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15479 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15480 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15481 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15482 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15483 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15484 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15489 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15490 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15491 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15492 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15494 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15496 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15497 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15498 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15501 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15502 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15504 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15509 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15511 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15512 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15513 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15518 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15519 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15521 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15522 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15526 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15527 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15528 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15529 && !info
->traditional_format
15530 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15532 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15534 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15535 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15536 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15537 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15539 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15540 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15541 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15542 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15543 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15544 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15549 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15550 + input_section
->output_offset
15551 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15552 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15554 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15556 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15557 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15558 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15559 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15561 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15562 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15563 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15564 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15565 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15566 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15572 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15573 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15574 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15575 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15576 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15579 if .TOC. is in range. */
15580 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15581 && !info
->traditional_format
15583 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15584 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15585 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15586 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15587 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15588 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15589 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15591 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15592 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15593 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15594 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15595 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15596 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15598 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15599 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15600 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15601 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15602 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15603 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15609 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15611 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15612 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15613 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15619 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15620 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15621 + input_section
->output_offset
15622 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15623 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15624 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15626 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15628 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15629 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15630 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15631 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15635 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15636 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15637 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15638 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15639 /* Fall through. */
15641 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15642 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15643 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15644 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15645 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15646 /* Fall through. */
15648 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15649 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15650 /* Fall through. */
15652 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15653 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15654 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15655 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15656 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15657 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15658 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15659 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15660 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15665 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15666 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15667 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15669 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15670 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15671 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15672 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15673 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15676 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15677 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15678 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15679 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15680 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15681 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15682 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15684 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15686 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15688 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15689 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15691 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15692 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15694 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15696 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15697 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15700 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15701 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15702 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15703 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15707 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15708 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15713 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15714 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15715 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15716 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15717 else if (nop
== NOP
15718 || nop
== CROR_151515
15719 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15722 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15723 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15725 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15728 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15729 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15730 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15731 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15736 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15738 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15743 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15744 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15746 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15747 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15748 the same, if we could detect such. */
15749 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15755 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15756 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15757 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15758 global symbol and on the other a local call
15759 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15760 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15761 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15763 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15765 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15767 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15768 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15769 - sec
->output_offset
);
15771 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15773 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15774 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15779 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15780 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15781 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15782 /* xgettext:c-format */
15783 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15784 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15785 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15787 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15788 /* xgettext:c-format */
15789 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15790 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15791 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15793 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15798 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15799 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15800 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15803 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15804 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15805 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15806 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15808 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15809 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15810 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15811 - sec
->output_offset
);
15812 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15813 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15817 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15821 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15823 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15824 + input_section
->output_offset
15825 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15827 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15831 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15832 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15833 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15834 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15835 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15836 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15837 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15838 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15841 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15842 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15843 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15844 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15845 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15846 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15847 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15848 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15849 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15850 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15853 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15854 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15855 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15856 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15857 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15858 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15859 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15860 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15863 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15865 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15866 rather than the procedure directly. */
15867 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15869 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15870 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15871 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15872 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15873 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15874 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15876 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15877 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15878 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15880 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15882 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15883 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15884 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15885 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15887 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15888 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15889 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15890 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15891 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15893 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15894 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15895 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15896 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15899 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15900 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15901 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15902 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15909 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15910 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15911 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15912 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15913 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15914 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15915 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15921 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15922 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15923 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15926 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15929 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15930 We can thus call a weak function without first
15931 checking whether the function is defined. */
15933 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15934 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15935 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15936 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15940 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15945 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15946 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15947 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15949 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15950 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15951 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15953 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15954 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15956 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15957 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15958 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15959 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15964 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15965 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15966 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15967 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15969 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15970 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15971 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15973 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15974 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15976 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15977 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15978 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15979 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15981 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15983 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15984 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15989 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15990 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
15991 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
15993 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15994 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15995 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15996 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15997 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16000 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16001 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16003 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16004 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16005 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
16008 /* Replace with paddi. */
16009 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
16010 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
16011 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16012 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
16013 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16014 /* Fall through. */
16016 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16017 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
16018 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16019 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
16020 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
16021 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16023 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16024 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16026 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16027 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16028 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
16029 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
16031 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
16033 /* zero means next insn. */
16036 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
16039 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16040 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16042 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16044 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
16046 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16047 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16049 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16051 addend
+= addend_off
;
16052 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16053 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16054 contents
+ offset
);
16055 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16056 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16057 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16059 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16060 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16061 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16070 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16074 /* xgettext:c-format */
16075 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16076 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16078 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16084 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16085 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16086 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16087 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16088 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16089 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16090 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16093 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16094 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16095 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16096 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16097 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16098 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16099 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16100 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16101 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16102 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16105 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16106 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16107 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16108 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16109 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16110 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16113 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16114 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16115 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16116 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16117 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16118 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16121 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16122 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16123 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16124 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16125 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16126 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16129 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16130 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16131 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16132 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16133 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16134 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16135 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16138 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16143 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16144 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16146 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16147 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16148 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16153 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16154 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16155 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16156 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16157 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16158 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16159 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16160 because of a version file. */
16164 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16165 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16167 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16171 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16173 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16176 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16177 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16178 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16179 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16185 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16186 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16187 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16188 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16192 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16193 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16194 processed this entry. */
16196 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16200 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16201 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16209 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16210 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16213 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16214 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16215 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16218 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16220 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16222 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16223 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16224 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16225 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16227 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16228 + got
->output_offset
16230 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16231 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16233 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16234 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16235 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16237 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16238 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16239 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16240 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16242 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16243 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16245 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16248 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16249 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16250 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16251 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16252 else if (indx
!= 0)
16253 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16257 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16259 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16261 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16263 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16264 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16268 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16270 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16271 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16273 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16274 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16276 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16279 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16280 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16281 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16282 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16285 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16286 emitting a reloc. */
16289 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16292 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16296 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16299 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16300 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16301 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16304 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16306 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16307 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16311 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16312 got
->contents
+ off
);
16316 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16319 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16321 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16322 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
16323 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
16324 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
16325 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
16326 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16330 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16331 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16332 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16333 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16334 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16335 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16336 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16337 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16338 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16339 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16340 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16341 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16342 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16343 procedure linkage table. */
16344 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16346 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16348 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16349 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16351 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16352 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16353 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16357 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16359 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16360 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16361 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16366 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16367 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16369 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16372 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16373 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16374 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16376 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16378 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16379 + plt
->output_offset
16380 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16381 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16382 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16383 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16384 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16386 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16387 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16391 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16399 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16400 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16401 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16402 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16403 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16405 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16406 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16408 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16411 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16412 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16413 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16415 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16416 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16417 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16418 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16419 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16420 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16421 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16426 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16427 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16428 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16429 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16430 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16431 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16432 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16434 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16437 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16438 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16439 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16440 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16441 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16442 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16443 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16444 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16445 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16446 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16447 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16448 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16449 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16450 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16451 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16452 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16453 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16454 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16455 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16456 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16457 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16458 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16461 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16462 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16463 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16464 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16465 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16466 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16467 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16468 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16469 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16470 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16471 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16472 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16473 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16475 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16476 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16478 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16479 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16480 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16481 defined before using them. */
16482 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16484 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16485 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16487 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16490 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16491 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16492 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16493 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16494 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16497 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16498 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16499 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16500 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16501 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16502 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16503 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16504 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16505 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16506 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16507 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16508 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16509 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16510 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16511 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16514 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16515 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16520 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16525 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16526 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16527 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16530 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16531 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16532 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16533 /* Fall through. */
16535 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16537 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16538 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16539 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16540 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16541 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16542 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16543 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16544 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16545 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16546 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16547 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16548 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16549 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16550 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16551 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16552 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16553 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16554 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16555 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16556 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16557 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16558 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16559 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16560 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16561 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16562 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16563 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16564 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16566 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16567 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16568 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16571 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16574 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16577 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16579 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16580 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16581 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16583 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16584 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16586 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16591 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16592 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16598 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16599 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16600 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16602 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16603 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16604 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16605 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16606 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16607 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16609 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16610 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16611 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16612 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16613 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16614 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16615 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16616 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16617 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16618 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16621 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16622 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16624 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16626 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16627 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16628 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16632 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16633 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16634 at a local function. */
16635 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16636 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16638 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16640 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16641 when building shared libraries and we
16642 reference a function in another shared
16643 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16644 definition in an application that's
16645 overridden by a strong definition in a
16646 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16647 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16648 In these cases we won't use the opd
16649 entry in this lib. */
16650 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16653 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16655 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16656 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16657 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16660 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16662 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16663 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16664 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16665 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16672 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16673 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16675 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16676 /* xgettext:c-format */
16677 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16678 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16679 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16680 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16684 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16686 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16693 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16695 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16697 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16698 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16699 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16700 reduced to a relocation against their
16701 section symbol because it holds the
16702 address of the section, not a value
16703 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16704 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16705 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16706 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16707 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16708 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16713 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16716 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16717 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16718 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16720 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16721 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16723 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16726 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16727 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16728 the output section's address but not the
16729 offset of the input section in the output
16731 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16734 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16738 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16740 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16741 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16743 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16744 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16745 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= TRUE
;
16747 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16750 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16753 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16754 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16755 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16757 if (!warned_dynamic
16758 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16760 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16761 /* xgettext:c-format */
16762 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16763 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16765 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16767 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16770 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16771 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16772 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16773 that the section contents are a known value. */
16776 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16777 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16778 ignores section contents except for the special
16779 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16780 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16781 cause reloc overflow. */
16784 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16785 to improve backward compatibility with older
16787 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16788 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16789 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16790 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16791 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16797 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16798 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16799 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16800 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16801 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16803 /* Fall through. */
16805 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16806 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16807 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16808 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16809 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16810 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16811 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16812 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16813 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16815 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16816 /* xgettext:c-format */
16817 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16819 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16821 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16826 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16827 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16828 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16834 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16835 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16836 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16837 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16838 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16839 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16840 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16841 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16842 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16843 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16844 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16845 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16849 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16850 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16851 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16852 /* Fall through. */
16853 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16854 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16856 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16857 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16858 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16860 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16861 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16862 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16863 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16864 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16868 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16869 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16870 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16872 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16877 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16878 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16879 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16880 /* Fall through. */
16881 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16882 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16884 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16885 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16886 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16887 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16892 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16893 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16895 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16898 /* Fall through. */
16899 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16900 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16901 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16902 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16903 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16904 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16905 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16906 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16910 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16911 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16916 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16917 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16918 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16920 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16923 /* Fall through. */
16924 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16925 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16926 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16927 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16928 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16929 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16930 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16931 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16932 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16933 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16935 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16936 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16937 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16939 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16940 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16941 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16945 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16948 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16952 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16953 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16955 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16956 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16961 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16962 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16963 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16965 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16966 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16967 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16969 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16974 /* Do any further special processing. */
16980 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16981 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16982 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16983 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16984 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16985 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16986 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16987 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16988 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16989 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16990 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16991 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16992 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16993 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16994 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16995 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16996 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16997 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16998 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16999 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
17000 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
17001 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
17002 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
17005 /* Fall through. */
17007 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17008 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17009 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17010 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17011 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17012 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17013 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17014 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
17015 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
17019 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17020 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17021 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17022 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17023 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17025 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17028 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17029 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17030 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17031 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17032 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17033 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17034 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17035 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17036 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17037 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17038 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17039 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17040 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17041 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17042 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17043 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17044 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17045 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17046 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17047 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17049 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17050 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17051 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17052 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17053 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17054 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17055 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17056 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17058 relocation
+= addend
;
17059 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17060 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17062 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17063 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17064 /* xgettext:c-format */
17065 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17066 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17067 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17076 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17077 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17078 not process them. */
17079 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17080 if (unresolved_reloc
17081 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17082 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17083 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17084 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17086 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17087 /* xgettext:c-format */
17088 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17089 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17091 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17095 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17096 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17097 have different reloc types. */
17098 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17099 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17100 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17102 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17104 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17105 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17106 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17107 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17108 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17109 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17110 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17111 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17112 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17113 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17114 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17115 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17117 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17118 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17119 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17125 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17127 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17128 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17129 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17130 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17131 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17132 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17133 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17134 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17135 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17136 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17137 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17138 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17139 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17141 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17142 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17143 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17146 relocation
+= addend
;
17147 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17148 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17149 + input_section
->output_offset
17150 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17151 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17153 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17155 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17157 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17158 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17159 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17160 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17161 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17163 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17164 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17165 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17166 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17170 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17171 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17172 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17175 relocation
+= addend
;
17176 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17177 + input_section
->output_offset
17178 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17179 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17180 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17182 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17183 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17185 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17186 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17191 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17192 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17193 relocation
, addend
);
17196 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17198 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17199 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17201 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17203 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17204 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17206 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17207 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17208 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17209 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17213 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17215 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17216 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17218 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17220 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17221 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17222 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17223 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17224 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17226 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17231 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17232 /* xgettext:c-format */
17233 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17234 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17235 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17247 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17248 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17250 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17251 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17252 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17254 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17256 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17257 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17260 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17261 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17262 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17265 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17266 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17267 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17268 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17269 opd_entry_value. */
17270 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17273 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17274 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17275 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17276 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17279 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17284 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17287 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17288 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17289 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17290 asection
*input_sec
,
17291 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17293 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17300 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17301 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17304 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17305 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17306 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17308 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17312 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17316 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17317 dynamic sections here. */
17320 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17321 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17322 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17323 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17325 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17326 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17328 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17332 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17333 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17334 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17336 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17337 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17338 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17339 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17340 function pointer comparisons work between an
17341 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17343 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17344 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17346 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17348 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17349 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17350 function pointer. */
17357 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17358 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17359 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17360 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17362 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17363 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17367 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17370 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17371 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17373 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17374 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17376 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17377 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17378 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17379 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17385 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17386 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17388 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17389 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17390 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17391 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17393 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17394 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17396 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17397 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17399 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17402 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17403 return reloc_class_relative
;
17404 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17405 return reloc_class_plt
;
17407 return reloc_class_copy
;
17409 return reloc_class_normal
;
17413 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17416 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17417 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17419 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17423 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17427 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17428 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17430 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17432 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17434 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17437 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17438 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17439 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17441 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17444 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17451 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17453 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17454 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17455 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17456 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17457 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17458 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17462 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17465 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17469 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17470 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17471 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17472 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17473 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17476 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17477 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17480 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17484 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17485 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17489 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17490 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17494 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17498 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
17499 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17500 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17501 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17505 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17509 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17510 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17512 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17513 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17514 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17515 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17516 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17518 /* Set .got entry size. */
17519 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17523 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17524 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17526 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17527 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17528 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17531 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17532 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17533 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17534 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17535 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17537 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17538 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17542 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17543 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17544 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17546 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17547 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17552 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17553 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17554 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17555 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17556 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17557 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17560 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17561 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17563 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17567 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17570 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17573 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17574 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17575 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17578 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17581 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17582 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17583 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17591 #include "elf64-target.h"
17593 /* FreeBSD support */
17595 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17596 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17598 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17599 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17600 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17601 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17604 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17607 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17609 #include "elf64-target.h"